NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
13.0-test-sts
documentation/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot
Martin Trigaux 0421e03141 [I18N] *: export 13.0 source terms
2021-06-14 16:06:08 +02:00

7114 lines
422 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Permalink Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Inventory & Mrp"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily Operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory Adjustments*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
msgid "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet *Commands for Inventory*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
msgid "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
msgid "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set the quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
msgid "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
msgid "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
msgid "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful. A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
msgid "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to create your first rule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature, in our case it will be Weighted Product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
msgid "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the “D” define the decimals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
msgid "Configure your Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
msgid "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to identify the product;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
msgid "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
msgid "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know which digit it should be in your case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
msgid "Rule Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
msgid "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its price, used in POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
msgid "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the weight) and in inventory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with loyalty program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-location is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
msgid "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid "**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the Mercury module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81
msgid "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and transfers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any number of characters, those characters being any number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
msgid "Process to Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
msgid "Simple Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
msgid "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to *Operations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
msgid "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
msgid "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
msgid "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add additional steps for the different operation types."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
msgid "Receipts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
msgid "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply scan the next product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
msgid "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
msgid "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the *Previous* and *Next* buttons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
msgid "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
msgid "Internal Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
msgid "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
msgid "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct, you don’t need to scan them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
msgid "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways of working:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
msgid "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
msgid "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode sheet* from the home page of the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
msgid "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document. Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your products to populate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
msgid "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
msgid "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo **Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can be configured to be so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
msgid "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
msgid "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
msgid "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the *Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
msgid "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
msgid "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
msgid "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the *Print* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your own barcode format for internal use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
msgid "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have any bad surprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid "Sale process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
msgid "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
msgid "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
msgid "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the **Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to cancel the delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
msgid "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
msgid "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can limit them to a certain number of countries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
msgid "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on **Delivery Methods**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
msgid "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
msgid "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply this delivery method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
msgid "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
msgid "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
msgid "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
msgid "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
msgid "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
msgid "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of space in your warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes sense!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
msgid "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
msgid "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
msgid "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
msgid "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
msgid "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
msgid "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor. Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-Shipping*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
msgid "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
msgid "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your own stock when you validate the dropship document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
msgid "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
msgid "One step flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
msgid "Two steps flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
msgid "Three steps flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
msgid "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to the customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
msgid "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
msgid "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products to deliver and confirm it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26
msgid "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat button, you should now see your delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34
msgid "Process a Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36
msgid "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the Delivery Orders Kanban card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43
msgid "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49
msgid "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now *Done*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "Deliver Products in Packages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11
msgid "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
msgid "Proceed to a Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20
msgid "Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock move lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27
msgid "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in the package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34
msgid "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the packages which were part of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44
msgid "Use the Put in Pack button"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46
msgid "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as *Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53
msgid "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, directly via the *Packages* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more steps before shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11
msgid "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output location before being effectively shipped to the customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17
msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating *Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32
msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing Shipments*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, *Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one you want to rename and update its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47
msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60
msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68
msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
msgid "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
msgid "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved and you can simply validate the picking document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85
msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing order which can be directly validated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96
msgid "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to the customer location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5
msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9
msgid "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an output location before being effectively shipped."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31
msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39
msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, Select Output and update its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49
msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
msgid "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67
msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the picking operation has been marked as done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83
msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
msgid "The principles are the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
msgid "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors to the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
msgid "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
msgid "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm the *RfQ*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
msgid "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
msgid "Process a Receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
msgid "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
msgid "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from suppliers are considered as being always available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51
msgid "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
msgid "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality control step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9
msgid "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have two-steps or three-steps processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
msgid "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control (QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC requirements are moved to stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20
msgid "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods reception"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37
msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45
msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52
msgid "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then, three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source document:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59
msgid "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality control zone;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
msgid "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74
msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81
msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the warehouse input area"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88
msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be processed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality control area"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100
msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None
msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow you to have 2 steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
msgid "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
msgid "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
msgid "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to your purchase order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
msgid "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the products to *Stock*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
msgid "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been marked as *Done*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
msgid "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it through the inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
msgid "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
msgid "When to use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
msgid "When not to use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Manage expiration dates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10
msgid "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
msgid "Configurations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
msgid "Application configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
msgid "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Product configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29
msgid "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
msgid "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the lot/serial number;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
msgid "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38
msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
msgid "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the reception date of the product and the times set on the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
msgid "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their alert date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
msgid "Setting Up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
msgid "Application Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
msgid "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
msgid "Product Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
msgid "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
msgid "Manage Lots"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
msgid "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add a line* again to register a new lot number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
msgid "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are contained in each one of the lots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
msgid "Operation Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
msgid "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
msgid "Lots traceability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
msgid "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
msgid "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to your search."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
msgid "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the lot number has been used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
msgid "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* stat button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its last movement."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
msgid "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
msgid "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
msgid "Manual assignation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid "Multi-assignation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
msgid "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
msgid "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial number to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid "Operation types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
msgid "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
msgid "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
msgid "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
msgid "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
msgid "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has been used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* button available on the serial number form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3
msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8
msgid "First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is company-specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15
msgid "When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow next to its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23
msgid "Send email at delivery validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25
msgid "On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and do the same for the delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32
msgid "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38
msgid "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will be included in the standard email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
msgid "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
msgid "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through advanced settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
msgid "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
msgid "Scrap Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5
msgid "In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or stored, you have to scrap them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10
msgid "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap area and not taken into account into inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15
msgid "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its basic material content, recoverable through recycling."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21
msgid "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24
msgid "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31
msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your scrap location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34
msgid "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a virtual location will be created for scrapped products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39
msgid "Different ways to scrap products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41
msgid "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a delivery order, and from an internal transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45
msgid "Scrap from receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
msgid "Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53
msgid "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57
msgid "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68
msgid "Scrap from delivery order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70
msgid "To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76
msgid "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80
msgid "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the button on the top right corner of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93
msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95
msgid "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101
msgid "There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the scrap button that is on the top left of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
msgid "When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual scrap location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110
msgid "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3
msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8
msgid "To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In multi-company, this feature is company-specific."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15
msgid "Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify it by clicking on the arrow on the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22
msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24
msgid "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30
msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36
msgid "The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39
msgid "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will be included in the SMS template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
msgid "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate scheduled dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
msgid "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer will get the products he ordered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
msgid "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
msgid "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
msgid "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer lead time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
msgid "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead Time**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
msgid "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be the default *Receipt* scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48
msgid "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53
msgid "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific date is set on the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58
msgid "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to produce and does not take the routing time into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63
msgid "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72
msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81
msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
"by Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89
msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95
msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105
msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
msgid "Security Lead Time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112
msgid "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping earlier in order to arrive on time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116
msgid "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119
msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126
msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133
msgid "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137
msgid "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142
msgid "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of April."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148
msgid "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159
msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168
msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178
msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184
msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for *Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error for your supplier to deliver your order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188
msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196
msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205
msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213
msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221
msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225
msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None
msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232
msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
msgid "Global Example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248
msgid "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, here is when all the various steps are triggered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253
msgid "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
msgid "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of security lead time for Purchase)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258
msgid "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261
msgid "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of security lead time for sales)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3
msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6
msgid "What is a scheduler?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8
msgid "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16
msgid "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21
msgid "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be started first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26
msgid "In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36
msgid "To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47
msgid "To use this feature, you have to activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:49
msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the starting time of the scheduler."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15
msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24
msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35
msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44
msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47
msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72
msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
msgid "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12
msgid "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
msgid "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
msgid "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`. There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use for the Egg product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34
msgid "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on *Edit*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
msgid "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
msgid "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm* it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
msgid "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of 6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:5
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
msgid "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
msgid "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103
msgid "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the *UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
msgid "Units of Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
msgid "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
msgid "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20
msgid "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37
msgid "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
msgid "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do this for each package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56
msgid "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice and the power plug."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60
msgid "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
msgid "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the packing on the picking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
msgid "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how they are triggered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9
msgid "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed quantity to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
msgid "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
msgid "Reordering Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26
msgid "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
msgid "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity will be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42
msgid "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to receive the products or to order them to the vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
msgid "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50
msgid "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route *Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
msgid "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69
msgid "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in any other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73
msgid "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77
msgid "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist* in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make sure you have a *BoM* for this product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
msgid "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16
msgid "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26
msgid "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected, along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34
msgid "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run scheduler`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42
msgid "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
msgid "Valuation Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
msgid "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs (shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application to be installed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17
msgid "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30
msgid "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
msgid "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
msgid "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now decide on which picking those additional costs should apply."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
msgid "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56
msgid "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by clicking on the journal entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63
msgid "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly create the landed cost from there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
msgid "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of a company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
msgid "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or automatically)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23
msgid "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
msgid "Delta Value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
msgid "€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
msgid "0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
msgid "€0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
msgid "+8*€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
msgid "€80"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
msgid "12"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
msgid "+4*€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
msgid "€120"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
msgid "2"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-10*€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
msgid "€20"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
msgid "4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
msgid "+2*€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
msgid "€40"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68
msgid "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must be reviewed periodically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "Average Price"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
msgid "€12"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
msgid "+4*€16"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
msgid "€144"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-10*€12"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
msgid "€24"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
msgid "€9"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
msgid "+2*€6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
msgid "€36"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
msgid "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
msgid "€16"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8*€10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2*€16"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
msgid "€32"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
msgid "€11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
msgid "€44"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
msgid "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule that applies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
msgid "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
msgid "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
msgid "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. Those two methods are detailed below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
msgid "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and open your accounting settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
msgid "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362
msgid "Continental Accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid "Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "\\"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "Debit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "Credit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "50"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
msgid "4.68"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
msgid "54.68"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
msgid "Goods Receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
msgid "No Journal Entry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
msgid "Customer Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "100"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
msgid "9"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
msgid "109"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
msgid "Customer Shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
msgid "X"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268
msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the **Inventory Variations** debited."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352
msgid "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
msgid "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
msgid "**Configuration:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411
msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
msgid "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
msgid "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your product (more info here)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
msgid "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the valuation stat button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
msgid "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
msgid "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total value of $100."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
msgid "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in case of automated inventory valuation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
msgid "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
msgid "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report (accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
msgid "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
msgid "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
msgid "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
msgid "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the organization of your warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
msgid "Create a New Location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8
msgid "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15
msgid "In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to create a new location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21
msgid "Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the *Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed to a location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
msgid "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a Return Location?*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33
msgid "If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode which will correspond to this location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37
msgid "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, containing all the sublocations in it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
msgid "Create a New Warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8
msgid "In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be automatically activated at the same time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12
msgid "In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18
msgid "You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24
msgid "You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the different warehouse documents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28
msgid "In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit it afterward."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36
msgid "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard* and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due to the creation of a new warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:5
msgid "Process Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6
msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5
msgid "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click the Create button and enter the name of your product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12
msgid "In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27
msgid "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is described in the following print screens."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37
msgid "On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities. When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will go out of your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45
msgid "In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product forecasts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51
msgid "The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56
msgid "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3
msgid "Set your Initial Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12
msgid "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21
msgid "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an *inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29
msgid "You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38
msgid "If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with your other products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46
msgid "If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units added to the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50
msgid "Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60
msgid "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66
msgid "When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74
msgid "Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as been updated taking your modification into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81
msgid "If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different variants into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85
msgid "By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22
msgid "Receive Products in Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24
msgid "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is described in the following print screens."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34
msgid "On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42
msgid "In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product forecasts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56
msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58
msgid "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
msgid "Advanced Routes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load another truck."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
msgid "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
msgid "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
msgid "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
msgid "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
msgid "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price for it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
msgid "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
msgid "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
msgid "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to *Output*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
msgid "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory application in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
msgid "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21
msgid "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations and routes in your warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
msgid "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on **Create**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32
msgid "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 characters maximum."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39
msgid "Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44
msgid "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have been generated for your new warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
msgid "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not you can skip this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57
msgid "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to select the right warehouse and location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65
msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74
msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of all yours product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84
msgid "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90
msgid "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone (in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94
msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100
msgid "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
msgid "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of products in your source warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118
msgid "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how much products you process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126
msgid "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
msgid "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
msgid "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3
msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5
msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available in the retail channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9
msgid "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18
msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27
msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36
msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51
msgid "Pull Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53
msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57
msgid "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65
msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72
msgid "All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77
msgid "Push Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79
msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84
msgid "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to different products, you can assign different storage locations for different products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89
msgid "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94
msgid "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the upstream transfers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98
msgid "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105
msgid "Use Routes and Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107
msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced routes configuration such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111
msgid "Manage default locations per product;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112
msgid "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114
msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117
msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126
msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129
msgid "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133
msgid "Pre-configured Routes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135
msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144
msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153
msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161
msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173
msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182
msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185
msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195
msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203
msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211
msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218
msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224
msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232
msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240
msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245
msgid "Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247
msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255
msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259
msgid "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264
msgid "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268
msgid "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
msgid "**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283
msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288
msgid "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291
msgid "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293
msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296
msgid "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301
msgid "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309
msgid "What about a full flow?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311
msgid "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a full flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314
msgid "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318
msgid "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* (internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from WH/Stock to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321
msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* (internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324
msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332
msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340
msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348
msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355
msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363
msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370
msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None
msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
msgid "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into the most appropriate location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7
msgid "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12
msgid "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be automatically activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
msgid "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have to store products in different locations to maintain product quality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
msgid "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
msgid "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the product will enter before being redirected to the right location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
msgid "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory Report*, under the reporting menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on the *Location*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
msgid "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
msgid "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, 00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in 00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from 00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
msgid "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
msgid "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
msgid "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or obsolete products in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
msgid "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date the product entered the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5 boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and 20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot that expires the sooner after 20002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
msgid "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
msgid "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
msgid "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at :doc:`the related doc <../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
msgid "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None
msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
msgid "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid "Company configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
msgid "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company data**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price computation cannot be done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
msgid "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
msgid "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the third party shipper in the additional info tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid "Sale order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries but also on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
msgid "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to compute the real price and the packagings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
msgid "Install the inventory module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
msgid "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to **Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in order to see it :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
msgid "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
msgid "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
msgid "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See :doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
msgid "Delivery process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
msgid "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the chosen delivery method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic** shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "You can create other methods with the same provider with other configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that will appear on your ecommerce."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
msgid "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the United States."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on **Set price**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
msgid "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
msgid "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will be computed once the transfer is validated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online <https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to complete the registration process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, **Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United States.q"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
msgid "Using an alternative Work Center"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
msgid "For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center. If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center, it is not that simple."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
msgid "You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when, so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an alternative work center to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15
msgid "This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time will be noticed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22
msgid "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30
msgid "Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and vice versa."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39
msgid "The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an operation to it before saving."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47
msgid "Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be assembled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68
msgid "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78
msgid "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the usual one is free."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Create Bills of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and individual steps of the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid "With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13
msgid "This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17
msgid "Setting up a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
msgid "You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do not track the steps the product goes through."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24
msgid "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
msgid "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is *Manufacture this Product*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39
msgid "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the same as for the standard product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42
msgid "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the *Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on each component line. You can add several variants for each component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
msgid "Adding a routing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53
msgid "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65
msgid "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the dropdown menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73
msgid "Adding By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75
msgid "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to the primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
msgid "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the *Manufacturing* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84
msgid "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you need to register during which operation your by-product is produced."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3
msgid "Use flexible components consumption"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5
msgid "Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. But you will need to register it!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10
msgid "In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items consumption."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18
msgid "Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps. All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23
msgid "First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption type. Then, save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30
msgid "Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed Materials* as type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38
msgid "Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42
msgid "Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49
msgid "When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sell sets of products as kits"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*. There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and *Manufacturing* apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid "A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second image shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33
msgid "From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, create each component product as you would with any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the *route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
msgid "Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59
msgid "If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select *Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76
msgid "When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing order* rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and control over it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9
msgid "In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14
msgid "But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence defined by *routings*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid "Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26
msgid "If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "Create a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid "Record the production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37
msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39
msgid "To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46
msgid "Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53
msgid "When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60
msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62
msgid "Create the manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3
msgid "Plan Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5
msgid "In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you don’t have the capacity to do so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10
msgid "With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, avoiding work superposition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17
msgid "Create the Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19
msgid "The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25
msgid "Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your product and add a *Planned Start Date*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32
msgid "The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35
msgid "Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the *Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we just created:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43
msgid "If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the first free slot on the work center."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48
msgid "If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3
msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5
msgid "It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11
msgid "We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of configurations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107
msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65
msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117
msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30
msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36
msgid "You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly in the BoM of the kit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
msgid "In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the kit BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75
msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in this BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129
msgid "When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the kit BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95
msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109
msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119
msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138
msgid "All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The last component is consumed during the second operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A *subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component to make another one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
msgid "A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*. This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will be for subassemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27
msgid "In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
msgid "Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any subassemblies in the list of components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43
msgid "Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it available before manufacturing the finished product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid "Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
msgid "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
msgid "With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
msgid "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials (BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
msgid "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
msgid "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several subcontractors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
msgid "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a subcontractor on the *BoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
msgid "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid "Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* (3);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
msgid "Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
msgid "Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and materials used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
msgid "With:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
msgid "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
msgid "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the accounting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
msgid "Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
msgid "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
msgid "In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
msgid "On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
msgid "To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid "It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the subcontractors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid "Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery address and fill the components to deliver."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
msgid "To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two approaches:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
msgid "Reordering rules;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
msgid "For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
msgid "The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
msgid "When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
msgid "Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
msgid "That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
msgid "Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
msgid "To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create a new *Control Point* on the reception."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
msgid "By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished product is received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can unbuild products you have received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9
msgid "Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14
msgid "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of unbuilding them and recycling them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
msgid "Unbuild Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
msgid "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the menu *Unbuild Orders*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26
msgid "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding something you received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33
msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35
msgid "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the components from the MO back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38
msgid "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the BoM back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
msgid "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
msgid "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
msgid "In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS (month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
msgid "Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum quantities to replenish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
msgid "The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize them with drag and drop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
msgid "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some information if it isn’t necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50
msgid "The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time, compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
msgid "Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
msgid "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75
msgid "In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85
msgid "The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88
msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect demand forecast."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90
msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity still matches current data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92
msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94
msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
msgid "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102
msgid "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new replenishment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109
msgid "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116
msgid "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on the right of its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:7
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:5
msgid "Repair Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:4
msgid "Repair products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:6
msgid "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a defect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:11
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:13
msgid "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:20
msgid "Manage a repair"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:22
msgid "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*. Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you might need, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:30
msgid "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:37
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5
msgid "Purchases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:5
msgid "Master Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3
msgid "Import vendors pricelists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5
msgid "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up to date on products pricing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15
msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21
msgid "Import a pricelist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23
msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25
msgid "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28
msgid "See below a template of the columns used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33
msgid ":download:`Click here to download the template <files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3
msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5
msgid "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9
msgid "Add vendors in a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11
msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14
msgid "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17
msgid "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo will automatically link the contact and price with the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24
msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26
msgid "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34
msgid "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one t-shirt in different sizes!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5
msgid "In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures between sales and purchase very easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11
msgid "Let's take the following examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13
msgid "You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold quantities in **Liters**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18
msgid "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25
msgid "Install purchase and sales modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27
msgid "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are correctly installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
msgid "|uom01|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132
msgid "uom01"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
msgid "|uom02|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133
msgid "uom02"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36
msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38
msgid "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46
msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49
msgid "Standard units of measures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51
msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that different units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57
msgid "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not standard in Odoo (see next chapter)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60
msgid "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our customers in **Liters**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63
msgid "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65
msgid "Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for purchase)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70
msgid "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77
msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79
msgid "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83
msgid "The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category** where both units have a conversion relationship."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88
msgid "To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96
msgid "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called **Inter-Category-Computation**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102
msgid "The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106
msgid "Create two new units:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108
msgid "The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118
msgid "For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters`` of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as ``one Roll = 10 square meters``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126
msgid "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a **Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:5
msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
msgid "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the products have been received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
msgid "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
msgid "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29
msgid "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
msgid "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39
msgid "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5
msgid "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to track and analyze your vendor's performance :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9
msgid "You can see how dependent from a supplier your company is;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11
msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13
msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17
msgid "For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan their future orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27
msgid "Install the Purchase Management module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29
msgid "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36
msgid "Issue some purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38
msgid "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43
msgid "Analyzing your vendors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46
msgid "Generate flexible reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48
msgid "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by **total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59
msgid "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on \"Products\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66
msgid "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76
msgid "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one dependent and one independent measure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Customize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82
msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of data, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96
msgid "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5
msgid "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20
msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22
msgid "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31
msgid "Approve the order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33
msgid "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control of what your users can or can't do."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37
msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
msgid "Bill Control"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
msgid "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after you receive the goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
msgid "Change the control policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
msgid "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product page under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
msgid "You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
msgid "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the *Shipment* tab,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
msgid "Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
msgid "Cancel a purchase order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5
msgid "Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10
msgid "We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to cancel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19
msgid "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25
msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28
msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30
msgid "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36
msgid "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43
msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45
msgid "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to cancel the PO."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49
msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51
msgid "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped. From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61
msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63
msgid "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will ask you the permission to create a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70
msgid "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78
msgid "Create reverse transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80
msgid "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document. A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the corresponding location and click on **Return**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88
msgid "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your stock to your vendor location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94
msgid "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely cancelled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`bills`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100
msgid ":doc:`reception`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3
msgid "Create a Request for Quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5
msgid "A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18
msgid "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for Quotation` and click on **Create**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24
msgid "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or **Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this supplier or enter a new one)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on **Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Dropship products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5
msgid "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10
msgid "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Dropshipping*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22
msgid "A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be drop shipped."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30
msgid "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of *Order-Specific Routes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37
msgid "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the dropship route on the SO line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid "Drop ship a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47
msgid "Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go through your own stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3
msgid "Lock a purchase order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5
msgid "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19
msgid "Lock an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21
msgid "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock the order preventing any further modification on the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28
msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3
msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5
msgid "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control products to receive and to control supplier bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8
msgid "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17
msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19
msgid "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among others), which is required with **Purchase**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27
msgid "Create products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29
msgid "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the **Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on **Create**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36
msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38
msgid "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41
msgid "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is installed): there is no control about what you receive or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45
msgid "It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to set his product type field as **Service**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52
msgid "Control products receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55
msgid "Purchase products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57
msgid "From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67
msgid "Receive Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69
msgid "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the receipt box of the related warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77
msgid "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83
msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all the lines within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92
msgid "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the **Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99
msgid "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record the quantity received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103
msgid "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110
msgid "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117
msgid ":doc:`cancel`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3
msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5
msgid "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on purchase orders based on a vendor or a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8
msgid "For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24
msgid "Add a warning on a vendor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26
msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a blocking message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34
msgid "Add a warning on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36
msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44
msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46
msgid "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53
msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:5
msgid "Purchase Agreements"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Manage Blanket Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20
msgid "Start a Blanket Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21
msgid "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Agreements`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24
msgid "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30
msgid "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33
msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in the top right corner of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43
msgid "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to choose the quantity and confirm the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47
msgid "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities you have already ordered from your blanket order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51
msgid "Vendors prices on your product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53
msgid "When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58
msgid "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment (using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65
msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and link them with an existing *Blanket Order*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3
msgid "Manage Call for Tender"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5
msgid "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors to obtain the most interesting price."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19
msgid "Create a Call for Tender"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23
msgid "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Call for Tender*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26
msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top right corner of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34
msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36
msgid "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) from your Call for Tender."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40
msgid "Select the best offer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42
msgid "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50
msgid "Close the Call for Tender"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52
msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:5
msgid "Replenishment Flows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3
msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5
msgid "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead Times*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8
msgid "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or manufacture products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12
msgid "Configure Lead Times"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15
msgid "Vendor Lead Time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17
msgid "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the product to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20
msgid "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery lead time for that Vendor & Product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30
msgid "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver the product to your customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33
msgid "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42
msgid "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45
msgid "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52
msgid "Configure Security Lead Times"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54
msgid "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your engagements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58
msgid "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your various *Security Lead Time* for your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65
msgid "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and *Manufacturing* module to configure those settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69
msgid "Lead & security times in a use case"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71
msgid "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here is your product’s configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75
msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77
msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79
msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81
msgid "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on your configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84
msgid "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead time for Sales)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87
msgid "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead time for Purchase)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90
msgid "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - 9 days of vendor lead time)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Setup drop-shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8
msgid "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15
msgid "First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24
msgid "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the **Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32
msgid "How to use drop-shipping?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34
msgid "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the concerned order lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40
msgid "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy of your product on **Ordered quantities**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3
msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5
msgid "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase orders on each sale you make."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8
msgid "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in just one step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12
msgid "Configure the product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14
msgid "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and *Make To Order*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20
msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23
msgid "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in Odoo for this feature to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27
msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29
msgid "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33
msgid "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the *Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40
msgid "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the *Shipment* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47
msgid "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52
msgid "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines automatically under it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3
msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5
msgid "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define *Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10
msgid "Set a reordering rule"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12
msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15
msgid "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21
msgid "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29
msgid "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at 12:00PM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33
msgid "See also: :doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35
msgid "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43
msgid "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes, a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an issue with the configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:5
msgid "Multi-Companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8
msgid "Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products and services between different branches within your conglomerate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17
msgid "Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation on your sales and purchase orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24
msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27
msgid "Manage intercompany rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32
msgid "Click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37
msgid "New options will appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42
msgid "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45
msgid "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51
msgid "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps for the other companies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55
msgid "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your user has the rights to manage the companies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:5
msgid "Quality"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert.rst:5
msgid "Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
msgid "Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
msgid "If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
msgid "By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
msgid "If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
msgid "If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality checks took place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
msgid "Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that appeared during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
msgid "Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
msgid "If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the problem with the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
msgid "The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
msgid "You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under *Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks.rst:5
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
msgid "There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
msgid "You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of routings in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
msgid "To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
msgid "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
msgid "Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the *Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
msgid "If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening the quality checks menu, under quality control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
msgid "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which the quality check should be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
msgid "Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the type of quality check."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
msgid "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to generate the necessary work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
msgid "Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table Top component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
msgid "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
msgid "Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
msgid "By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be displayed and will require the check value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
msgid "Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
msgid "But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red (instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by highlighting the corresponding button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
msgid "The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control.rst:5
msgid "Control"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:3
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:5
msgid "Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:10
msgid "That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that the company then has to rework or scrap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:15
msgid "Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:20
msgid "Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:22
msgid "To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it takes place also is to be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:27
msgid "The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process the quality control point needs to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:32
msgid "The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:35
msgid "**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks to perform;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:38
msgid "**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:41
msgid "**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:50
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:52
msgid "Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:58
msgid "Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:62
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:64
msgid "This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:80
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:82
msgid "This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a transfer or when manufacturing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:98
msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera </applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:102
msgid "Pass-Fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:104
msgid "*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:111
msgid "For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:127
msgid "Take a Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:129
msgid "Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:132
msgid "To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements, but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good measures can are automatically accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:140
msgid "As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives instructions to the worker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:156
msgid "This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools </applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:159
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:161
msgid "When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:182
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:176
msgid "Register By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:178
msgid "With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot number of the by-products that are manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:193
msgid "Print Label"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:195
msgid "*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the product during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:207
msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer </applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer>`."
msgstr ""
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink